micro max

Post on 31-Oct-2014

25 Views

Category:

Documents

0 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

TRANSCRIPT

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

WiMAX Base Station DevelopmentsProject Engineer

Plutarco E AvilaPlutarco E Avila

Guatemala GuatemalaGuatemala Guatemala

11-13 august 200911-13 august 2009

2Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax

Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento

bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores

bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida

bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida

bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)

bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio

bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible

bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion

bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts

bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

2Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax

Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento

bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores

bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida

bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida

bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)

bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio

bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible

bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion

bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts

bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1

top related